Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC Index
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
          • Ignition Switch
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator (M82)
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Body Control Module Label
          • Body Control Module - Top View
          • Body Control Module - Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LE5 w/MA5)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LE5 w/M82)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LNF w/MA5)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LNF w/M82)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label Usage
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
          • Splice Pack SP200
        • Inline !!!Harness Connector End Views
          • C100 Engine Harness to the I/P Body Harness (LNF)
          • C102 RF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C103 LF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C120 I/P Body Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C160 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness (LE5)
          • C162 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness (LNF)
          • C207 Console Harness to I/P Body Harness (M82)
          • C208 SIR I/P Module Harness to the I/P Body Harness
          • C216 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness
          • C218 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness
          • C316 I/P Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness
          • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness (w/o AF2)
          • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness (AF2)
          • C400 I/P Body Harness to the Rear Lamp Harness
          • C401 I/P Body Harness to Digital Radio Receiver (U2K)
          • C406 I/P Body Harness to Chassis Harness
          • C408 Chassis Harness to I/P Body Harness
          • C500 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness
          • C501 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness (A31)
          • C600 Passenger Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • DTC B1370
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1380
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1441
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2535
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
          • High Temperature Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Identifying Connectors
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • AFL/EPC Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • FCI Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • JST Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Kostel Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Molex Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Sumitomo Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder is Stuck Inside Lock Cylinder Case
        • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
        • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Run/Crank Relay
            • Notes
            • Accessory (ACC) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C1 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C2 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C3 (UQ3)
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • Radio Connector End View - C1
        • Radio Connector End View - C2
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Door (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Rear (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Rear (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Door (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Rear (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Rear (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer (UQ3)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C4
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Module Connector End View
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Resistor Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View (M82)
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP200 Connector End View
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to the I/P Body Harness Connector End View (LNF)
        • C102 RF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C103 LF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C120 I/P Body Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C160 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness Connector End View (LE5)
        • C162 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness Connector End View (LNF)
        • C207 Console Harness to I/P Body Harness Connector End View (M82)
        • C208 SIR I/P Module Harness to the I/P Body Harness Connector End View
        • C216 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness Connector End View
        • C218 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness Connector End View
        • C316 I/P Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (w/o AF2)
        • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (AF2)
        • C400 I/P Body Harness to the Rear Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C401 I/P Body Harness to Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • C406 I/P Body Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C408 Chassis Harness to I/P Body Harness Connector End View
        • C500 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness Connector End View
        • C501 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness Connector End View (A31)
        • C600 Passenger Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness Connector End View
      • Manual Transmission Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Airbag On/Off Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presense System (PPS) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C3
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (w/UE1)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (D48)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (D48)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View (D48)
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Actuator Connector End View (M82)
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Horn Switch Connector End View
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver (A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Passenger (A31)
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View (AU0)
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View (MA5)
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left Front (T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right Front (T96)
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View (T96)
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Park/Turn Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Park/Turn Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View (M82)
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Connector End View - Right (UK3)
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Passenger
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Booster Pump Motor Connector End View (LNF)
        • Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor Connector End View (LNF)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Engine Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Cooling Fan Connector End View (LE5)
        • Engine Cooling Fan Connector End View (LNF)
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/ Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
        • Fuel Pressure Sensor (FPS) Connector End View
        • High Pressure Fuel Pump Connector End View
        • Intake Air Pressure and Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) - 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) - 2 Connector End View
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View
        • Turbo Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Connector End View
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switch Connector End View (MA5)
        • Clutch Start Switch Connector End View (MA5)
        • Generator Connector End View
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Connector End View - Left
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LE5)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LNF)
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (JL4)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Passenger
        • Folding Top Cover Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (C60)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (C60)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View (C60)
        • High Speed Blower Motor Relay Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 4-5 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Output Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
        • Notes
        • 2.0L VIN M Turbo
        • 2.4L VIN B
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
        • 2.0L
        • 2.4L VIN 5
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
        • 2.0L VIN M Turbo
        • 2.4L VIN B
      • Cruise Control
        • 2.0L
        • 2.4L VIN 5
      • Defoggers
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.0L VIN M
        • 2.4L VIN B
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
          • Ignition Switch
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator (M82)
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Body Control Module Label
          • Body Control Module - Top View
          • Body Control Module - Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LE5 w/MA5)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LE5 w/M82)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LNF w/MA5)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LNF w/M82)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label Usage
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
          • Splice Pack SP200
        • Inline !!!Harness Connector End Views
          • C100 Engine Harness to the I/P Body Harness (LNF)
          • C102 RF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C103 LF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C120 I/P Body Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C160 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness (LE5)
          • C162 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness (LNF)
          • C207 Console Harness to I/P Body Harness (M82)
          • C208 SIR I/P Module Harness to the I/P Body Harness
          • C216 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness
          • C218 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness
          • C316 I/P Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness
          • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness (w/o AF2)
          • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness (AF2)
          • C400 I/P Body Harness to the Rear Lamp Harness
          • C401 I/P Body Harness to Digital Radio Receiver (U2K)
          • C406 I/P Body Harness to Chassis Harness
          • C408 Chassis Harness to I/P Body Harness
          • C500 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness
          • C501 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness (A31)
          • C600 Passenger Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • DTC B1370
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1380
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1441
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2535
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
          • High Temperature Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Identifying Connectors
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • AFL/EPC Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • FCI Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • JST Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Kostel Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Molex Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Sumitomo Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder is Stuck Inside Lock Cylinder Case
        • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
        • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Run/Crank Relay
            • Notes
            • Accessory (ACC) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door Lock Systems & Door Handles
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Release Systems Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Vehicle Access Component Views
        • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
          • Door Lock Actuator - Driver
          • Door Lock Actuator - Passenger
          • Folding Top Cover Actuator
          • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle Access
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B3265
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B3265 01
            • DTC B3265 06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Vehicle Access
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Trunk Release Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Opening the Rear Compartment When There is an Electrical Failure
        • Opening the Folding Top and Rear Compartment when the Buttress Latch Release Cable Malfunctions
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Release Actuator Cable Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Buttress Latch Release Cable Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Buttress Latch Release Cable Adjustment
        • Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Door Outside Handle Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Replacement
        • Front Side Door Locking Rod Replacement
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Hood Primary Latch Striker Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Latch Striker Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Switch Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release System Components
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release System Operation
          • Trunk Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Trunk Ajar Indicator System Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock System Components
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connector End Views
          • Theft Deterrent Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Immobilizer
        • DTC B3031
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3060
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3935
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3976
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1629
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
        • DTC P1631
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1632
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure for TDM or ECM
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure for TDM or ECM
        • Adding Keys
        • Replacing Keys
          • Replacing Keys Procedure 10 minute relearn
          • Replacing Keys Procedure 30 minute relearn
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Indicator Operation
            • Notes
            • Security Indicator Stays Illuminated and Engine Starts
            • Security Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
            • Security Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
            • Security Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Remote Function Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Remote Function Component Views
        • Remote Function Connector End Views
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) (AU0)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Remote Functions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3105
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3109, B3110, B3111, or B3112
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Remote Functions
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Invalidate All
          • Next Available Slot
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the System
          • Disarming the System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Door Ajar Switches
            • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch
  • Communication Devices
    • Data Communication System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Data Communication Schematics
        • Body Control System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Data Communication Component Views
        • Data Communication Connector End Views
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C1
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C2
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C3
          • Body Control Module (BCM) C4
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Data Link Connector (DLC) Resistor
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Data Communications
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1000
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1001
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1004
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1009
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0550
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC U0001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0020
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U0073 or U2100
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0100 - U0299
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U2103
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U2105-U2199
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Computer/Integrating Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Low Speed GMLAN Device
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Data Link References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Data Link Connector Replacement
        • Body Control Module Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power Mode Master
          • Serial Data Gateway
          • Body Control Module
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • GMLAN High Speed Circuit Description
          • GMLAN Low Speed Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Serial Data Reference
    • Programming And Setup - All Systems
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Control Module References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
        • Audio Amplifier Programming and Setup
        • Body Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Body Control Module (BCM) Replacement and Reprogramming
        • Communication Interface Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Programming and Setup
          • EBCM Replacement
          • EBCM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Engine Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • ECM Replacement
          • ECM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Programming and Setup
          • Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Replacement and Reprogramming
        • Instrument Cluster Programming and Setup
        • Passenger Presence System Programming and Setup
        • Radio Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Programming Using Existing Keys
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM) Programming Using New Keys
        • Transmission Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematic Icons
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch - Left
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Control)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Disengage History)
      • DTC B3794
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0571
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0575
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0703
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation
        • Cruise Control Description and Operation
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment/Communication Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Navigation System Schematics
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment/Communication Component Views
        • !!!Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
          • Audio Amplifier - C1 (UQ3)
          • Audio Amplifier - C2 (UQ3)
          • Audio Amplifier - C3 (UQ3)
          • Cellular Microphone
          • Digital Radio Receiver (U2K)
          • Radio - C1
          • Radio - C2
          • Speaker - Left Front Door (UQ3)
          • Speaker - Left Front Door (UW5)
          • Speaker - Left Front Tweeter
          • Speaker - Left Rear (UQ3)
          • Speaker - Left Rear (UW5)
          • Speaker - Right Front Door (UQ3)
          • Speaker - Right Front Door (UW5)
          • Speaker - Right Front Tweeter
          • Speaker - Right Rear (UQ3)
          • Speaker - Right Rear (UW5)
          • Speaker - Subwoofer (UQ3)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) - C1
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) - C2
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) - C4
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1287
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2455
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2470
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2476
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2482
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC U1500
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Speaker(s) - Reduced Volume/Audio Distortion
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Receiver Setup
          • XM Activation
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Notes
          • Antenna System Test
          • Antenna Checking Procedures
            • Notes
            • Using a Test Antenna
            • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
          • Radio Antenna Module System
        • Radio Setup
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • OnStar Module Bracket Assembly Replacement
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Radio Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Replacement
        • Amplifier Replacement
        • Mobile Telephone Digital Antenna Replacement
        • Cellular Communications/Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
        • Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
        • Digital Radio Antenna Cable Replacement
        • Mobile Telephone Antenna Coaxial Cable Replacement
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
        • Radio Front Side Door Speaker Replacement
        • Front Upper Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Rear Speaker Replacement (Lock Pillar)
        • Radio Rear Speaker Replacement (Sub Woofer)
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Contents
          • RPO Options
          • Circuit Operation
            • Radio Power
            • Radio Ground
            • Radio Speaker Outputs
            • Radio Head Unit Dimming
            • Amplifier Interface
            • Amplifier Radio Speaker Inputs
            • Amplifier Speaker Outputs
            • Remote Radio Audio Signal Inputs (UE1 only)
            • Cellular Telephone Mute (UE1 only)
          • Component Description
            • Antenna System
            • Radio
              • Notes
              • Speakers
            • Subwoofer
            • Auxiliary Jack Socket
            • OnStar®
              • Notes
              • Theft Deterrent
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
              • Notes
              • AM Reception
              • FM Reception
          • XM Reception
          • XM Satellite Radio
          • Digital Radio Receiver
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
          • Ambient Light Sensor
          • Backup Lamp - Left
          • Backup Lamp - Right
          • Backup Lamp Switch (MA5)
          • Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Fog Lamp - Left Front (T96)
          • Fog Lamp - Right Front (T96)
          • Fog Lamp Switch (T96)
          • Hazard Switch
          • Headlamp - Left
          • Headlamp - Right
          • I/P Dimmer Switch
          • License Lamp
          • Marker Lamp - Left Front
          • Marker Lamp - Right Front
          • Park/Turn Lamp - Left Front
          • Park/Turn Lamp - Right Front
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • DTC B1480
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2530
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2555
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2580
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2625
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2645
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3903
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3948 or B3949
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3950 or B3951
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0277
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0278
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0870
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0572
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0573
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Malfunction (Automatic Transmission)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Backup Lamps Malfunction (Manual Transmission)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Courtesy Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Front Fog Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Hazard Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Headlamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Interior Backlighting Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Park, License, and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Stop Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Replacement
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
        • Headlamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
        • Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Replacement
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear License Lamp Replacement
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
        • Tail/Backup Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Automatic Lamp Control/Twilight Sentinel
          • Flash to Pass (FTP)
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, License and Marker Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Flasher Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
            • Automatic Transmission
            • Manual Transmission
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Displays and Gages Component Views
        • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch
          • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Displays and Gages
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2961
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0461
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0462
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0463
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0520
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Displays and Gages
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Chime Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Chime Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Cluster Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Turn Signal On Warning
          • Additional Warnings
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Info
          • Av Vehicle Speed
          • Av Fuel Econ
          • Coolant Temperature
          • Fuel Range
          • Oil Life Monitor
          • TRIP ODOMETER A and TRIP ODOMETER B
          • Reset/Select
          • Menu
          • Oil-Life Reset
          • Odometer
          • Indicators And Warning Messages
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Oil Soon
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Door Ajar Indicator
          • Engine Oil Pressure
          • Ice Possible
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Service Vehicle Soon
          • Trunk Ajar Indicator System Operation
        • Instrument Cluster Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
          • Ambient Light Sensor
          • Backup Lamp - Left
          • Backup Lamp - Right
          • Backup Lamp Switch (MA5)
          • Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Fog Lamp - Left Front (T96)
          • Fog Lamp - Right Front (T96)
          • Fog Lamp Switch (T96)
          • Hazard Switch
          • Headlamp - Left
          • Headlamp - Right
          • I/P Dimmer Switch
          • License Lamp
          • Marker Lamp - Left Front
          • Marker Lamp - Right Front
          • Park/Turn Lamp - Left Front
          • Park/Turn Lamp - Right Front
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • DTC B1480
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2530
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2555
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2580
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2625
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2645
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3903
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3948 or B3949
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3950 or B3951
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0277
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0278
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0870
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0572
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0573
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Malfunction (Automatic Transmission)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Backup Lamps Malfunction (Manual Transmission)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Courtesy Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Front Fog Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Hazard Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Headlamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Interior Backlighting Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Park, License, and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Stop Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Replacement
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
        • Headlamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
        • Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Replacement
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear License Lamp Replacement
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
        • Tail/Backup Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Automatic Lamp Control/Twilight Sentinel
          • Flash to Pass (FTP)
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, License and Marker Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Flasher Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
            • Automatic Transmission
            • Manual Transmission
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Fixed & MOVEABLE Window Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Schematics
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Window Systems Component Views
        • Window Systems Connector End Views
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C1
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C2
          • Window Motor - Driver (A31)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (A31)
          • Window Switch - Driver (A31)
          • Window Switch - Passenger (A31)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Fixed and Moveable Windows
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B0283
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0283 02
            • C0283 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Windows Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Frame Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Door Window Adjustment
        • Door Window Major Height Adjustment
        • Door Window Tip-In Adjustment
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
        • Rear Window Replacement
        • Door Window Regulator Handle Replacement
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Manual)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Power)
        • Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Power Window Operation
          • Window Express Down Feature
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horn Schematic Icons
        • Horn Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horn Component Views
        • Horn Connector End Views
          • Horn
          • Horn Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2750
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Horns - Poor Tone
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connector End Views
          • Theft Deterrent Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Immobilizer
        • DTC B3031
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3060
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3935
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3976
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1629
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
        • DTC P1631
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1632
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure for TDM or ECM
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure for TDM or ECM
        • Adding Keys
        • Replacing Keys
          • Replacing Keys Procedure 10 minute relearn
          • Replacing Keys Procedure 30 minute relearn
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Indicator Operation
            • Notes
            • Security Indicator Stays Illuminated and Engine Starts
            • Security Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
            • Security Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
            • Security Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
          • Ignition Switch
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator (M82)
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Body Control Module Label
          • Body Control Module - Top View
          • Body Control Module - Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LE5 w/MA5)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LE5 w/M82)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LNF w/MA5)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LNF w/M82)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label Usage
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
          • Splice Pack SP200
        • Inline !!!Harness Connector End Views
          • C100 Engine Harness to the I/P Body Harness (LNF)
          • C102 RF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C103 LF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C120 I/P Body Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C160 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness (LE5)
          • C162 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness (LNF)
          • C207 Console Harness to I/P Body Harness (M82)
          • C208 SIR I/P Module Harness to the I/P Body Harness
          • C216 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness
          • C218 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness
          • C316 I/P Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness
          • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness (w/o AF2)
          • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness (AF2)
          • C400 I/P Body Harness to the Rear Lamp Harness
          • C401 I/P Body Harness to Digital Radio Receiver (U2K)
          • C406 I/P Body Harness to Chassis Harness
          • C408 Chassis Harness to I/P Body Harness
          • C500 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness
          • C501 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness (A31)
          • C600 Passenger Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • DTC B1370
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1380
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1441
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2535
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
          • High Temperature Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Identifying Connectors
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • AFL/EPC Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • FCI Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • JST Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Kostel Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Molex Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Sumitomo Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder is Stuck Inside Lock Cylinder Case
        • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
        • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Run/Crank Relay
            • Notes
            • Accessory (ACC) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular System, Entertainment System, And Navigation System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment/Communication Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Navigation System Schematics
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment/Communication Component Views
        • !!!Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
          • Audio Amplifier - C1 (UQ3)
          • Audio Amplifier - C2 (UQ3)
          • Audio Amplifier - C3 (UQ3)
          • Cellular Microphone
          • Digital Radio Receiver (U2K)
          • Radio - C1
          • Radio - C2
          • Speaker - Left Front Door (UQ3)
          • Speaker - Left Front Door (UW5)
          • Speaker - Left Front Tweeter
          • Speaker - Left Rear (UQ3)
          • Speaker - Left Rear (UW5)
          • Speaker - Right Front Door (UQ3)
          • Speaker - Right Front Door (UW5)
          • Speaker - Right Front Tweeter
          • Speaker - Right Rear (UQ3)
          • Speaker - Right Rear (UW5)
          • Speaker - Subwoofer (UQ3)
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) - C1
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) - C2
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) - C4
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular, Entertainment, and Navigation
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1025, B1035, B1045, or B1055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1287
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2455
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2470
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2476
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2482
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC U1500
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Audio Distortion - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • Speaker(s) - Reduced Volume/Audio Distortion
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Receiver Setup
          • XM Activation
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Radio Poor Reception
          • Notes
          • Antenna System Test
          • Antenna Checking Procedures
            • Notes
            • Using a Test Antenna
            • Antenna Coaxial Cable Testing
          • Radio Antenna Module System
        • Radio Setup
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Entertainment System
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • Speakers - One Channel Inoperative
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Mobile Telephone Microphone Replacement
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • OnStar Module Bracket Assembly Replacement
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Radio Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Replacement
        • Amplifier Replacement
        • Mobile Telephone Digital Antenna Replacement
        • Cellular Communications/Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
        • Digital Radio Antenna Replacement
        • Digital Radio Antenna Cable Replacement
        • Mobile Telephone Antenna Coaxial Cable Replacement
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
        • Radio Front Side Door Speaker Replacement
        • Front Upper Speaker Replacement
        • Radio Rear Speaker Replacement (Lock Pillar)
        • Radio Rear Speaker Replacement (Sub Woofer)
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Contents
          • RPO Options
          • Circuit Operation
            • Radio Power
            • Radio Ground
            • Radio Speaker Outputs
            • Radio Head Unit Dimming
            • Amplifier Interface
            • Amplifier Radio Speaker Inputs
            • Amplifier Speaker Outputs
            • Remote Radio Audio Signal Inputs (UE1 only)
            • Cellular Telephone Mute (UE1 only)
          • Component Description
            • Antenna System
            • Radio
              • Notes
              • Speakers
            • Subwoofer
            • Auxiliary Jack Socket
            • OnStar®
              • Notes
              • Theft Deterrent
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
              • Notes
              • AM Reception
              • FM Reception
          • XM Reception
          • XM Satellite Radio
          • Digital Radio Receiver
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Fender Emblem/Nameplate Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Emblem Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Pontiac Emblem)
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Pontiac Nameplate)
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Solstice Emblem)
        • Fascia Grille Replacement (Base)
        • Fascia Grille Replacement (Turbo Center Grille)
        • Fascia Grille Replacement (Turbo Lower Grille)
        • Fascia Grille Replacement (Turbo Outer Grille)
    • Floor Coverings & Headliners
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
        • Floor Panel Tunnel Carpet Replacement
        • Front Floor Panel Carpet Filler Replacement
        • Folding Top Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Instrument Panel Trim And Console Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Extension Trim Plate Replacement
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Driver Knee Bolster Bracket Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Bezel Replacement
        • Instrument Cluster Trim Panel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Lock Striker Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Latch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Dampener Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Assist Handle Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Trim Pad Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Center Support Bracket Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Carrier Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Tie Bar Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Cup Holder Replacement
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Replacement
    • Interior Trim & Paneling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Door Trim Panel Replacement
        • Door Water Deflector Replacement
        • Foot Rest Replacement
        • Body Lock Pillar Trim Panel Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Trim Panel Replacement
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement
        • Sunshade Replacement
        • Windshield Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Windshield Upper Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Body Hinge Pillar Trim Panel Replacement
        • Rear Window Panel Trim Replacement
        • Rear Window Panel Stowage Compartment Cover Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Accessory Door Cover Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Inner Panel Trim Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Front Trim Panel Replacement
        • Driver Seat Cup Holder Replacement
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Driver and Passenger Seat Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement
        • Two-Way Manual Seat Adjuster Handle Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Trim Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Frame Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Recliner Outer Trim Panel Replacement
        • Driver and Passenger Seat Recliner Handle Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Body Panel Replacement
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
          • Ambient Light Sensor
          • Backup Lamp - Left
          • Backup Lamp - Right
          • Backup Lamp Switch (MA5)
          • Brake Pedal Position Sensor
          • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL)
          • Fog Lamp - Left Front (T96)
          • Fog Lamp - Right Front (T96)
          • Fog Lamp Switch (T96)
          • Hazard Switch
          • Headlamp - Left
          • Headlamp - Right
          • I/P Dimmer Switch
          • License Lamp
          • Marker Lamp - Left Front
          • Marker Lamp - Right Front
          • Park/Turn Lamp - Left Front
          • Park/Turn Lamp - Right Front
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Left
          • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp - Right
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1
          • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • DTC B1480
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2530
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2555
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2580
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2625
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B2645
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3903
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3948 or B3949
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3950 or B3951
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0277
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0278
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0870
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0572
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0573
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Lighting
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Malfunction (Automatic Transmission)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Backup Lamps Malfunction (Manual Transmission)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Courtesy Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Front Fog Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Hazard Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Headlamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Interior Backlighting Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Park, License, and/or Tail Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Stop Lamps Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
        • Fog Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Dimmer Switch Replacement
        • Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
        • Headlamp Replacement
        • Headlamp Bulb Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
        • Front Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Replacement
        • Front Side Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Rear License Lamp Replacement
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
        • Tail/Backup Lamp Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Automatic Lamp Control/Twilight Sentinel
          • Flash to Pass (FTP)
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, License and Marker Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Flasher Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
            • Automatic Transmission
            • Manual Transmission
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Rear Compartment Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Battery Rundown Protection/Inadvertent Power
  • Memory Modules
    • Secondary And Configurable Customer Controls
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Steering Wheel Secondary/Configurable Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Component Views
        • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator (M82)
          • Steering Wheel Control Switch - Left
          • Steering Wheel Control Switch - Right (UK3)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
        • Symptoms - Secondary and Configurable Customer Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
  • Mirrors
    • Mirror System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Mirror Component Views
        • Mirror Connector End Views
          • Inside Rearview Mirror (w/UE1)
          • Inside Rearview Mirror (w/o UE1)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver (D48)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger (D48)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch (D48)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Mirrors
        • Symptoms - Mirrors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Mirror Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Motor Replacement
        • Mirror Face Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Rearview Mirror System Components
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Controls
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Operation
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Component Views
        • Power Seat Connector End Views
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver
          • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Driver Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Power Seat Switch Replacement
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Driver and Passenger Seat Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement
        • Two-Way Manual Seat Adjuster Handle Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Trim Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Frame Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Recliner Outer Trim Panel Replacement
        • Driver and Passenger Seat Recliner Handle Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Body Panel Replacement
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
          • Collapse Measurement
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Steering Column Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security, Found on Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Fixed & MOVEABLE Window Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Schematics
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Window Systems Component Views
        • Window Systems Connector End Views
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C1
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C2
          • Window Motor - Driver (A31)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (A31)
          • Window Switch - Driver (A31)
          • Window Switch - Passenger (A31)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Fixed and Moveable Windows
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B0283
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0283 02
            • C0283 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Windows Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Frame Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Door Window Adjustment
        • Door Window Major Height Adjustment
        • Door Window Tip-In Adjustment
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
        • Rear Window Replacement
        • Door Window Regulator Handle Replacement
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Manual)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Power)
        • Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Power Window Operation
          • Window Express Down Feature
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System & Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
          • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump
          • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3715
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3715 02
            • B3715 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B3715 02
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Windshield Wiper Washer System Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
          • Wiper Arm Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wipers/Washer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Hose Replacement
        • Windshield Washer Hose Replacement (Washer Pump)
        • Windshield Washer Hose Replacement (Washer Nozzle)
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement
        • Washer Pump Replacement
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
        • Wiper Transmission Replacement
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Wiper/Washer System Operation
          • Low Speed Operation
          • Mist Operation
          • Delay Operation
          • Wash Operation
          • High Speed Operation
          • Park Position Operation
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Power and Ground
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door Lock Systems & Door Handles
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Release Systems Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Vehicle Access Component Views
        • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
          • Door Lock Actuator - Driver
          • Door Lock Actuator - Passenger
          • Folding Top Cover Actuator
          • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle Access
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B3265
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC B3265 01
            • DTC B3265 06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Vehicle Access
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Trunk Release Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Opening the Rear Compartment When There is an Electrical Failure
        • Opening the Folding Top and Rear Compartment when the Buttress Latch Release Cable Malfunctions
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Release Actuator Cable Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Buttress Latch Release Cable Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Buttress Latch Release Cable Adjustment
        • Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Frozen Lock Cylinder Repair
        • Door Outside Handle Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Latch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Lock Replacement
        • Front Side Door Locking Rod Replacement
        • Door Handle Rod Adjustment - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Lock Striker Adjustment
        • Hood Primary Latch Striker Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Latch Striker Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Switch Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release System Components
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release System Operation
          • Trunk Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Trunk Ajar Indicator System Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock System Components
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Automatic Door Lock Operation
          • Unlock After Air Bag Deployment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connector End Views
          • Theft Deterrent Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Immobilizer
        • DTC B3031
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3060
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3935
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3976
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1629
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
        • DTC P1631
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1632
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure for TDM or ECM
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure for TDM or ECM
        • Adding Keys
        • Replacing Keys
          • Replacing Keys Procedure 10 minute relearn
          • Replacing Keys Procedure 30 minute relearn
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Indicator Operation
            • Notes
            • Security Indicator Stays Illuminated and Engine Starts
            • Security Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
            • Security Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
            • Security Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
    • Keyless Entry System And Remote Functions
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Remote Function Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Remote Function Component Views
        • Remote Function Connector End Views
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) (AU0)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Remote Functions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3105
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3109, B3110, B3111, or B3112
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Remote Functions
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
        • Transmitter Programming
          • Notes
          • Invalidate All
          • Next Available Slot
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors - Second Operation
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Module Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the System
          • Disarming the System/Silencing an Alarm
          • CTD Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Door Ajar Switches
            • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Wind Noise
        • Interior Wind Noise
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Bolted Exterior Body Panels & Closures
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood Bumper Replacement
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Filler Door Replacement
        • Front Side Door Replacement
        • Front Fender Replacement
        • Hood Latch Release Handle Replacement
        • Front Side Door Hinge Replacement
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Hinge Replacement
        • Hood Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Leading Edge of the Hood (Minor Up/Down Variation or Shake)
          • Fore and Aft Adjustment
          • Cross-Car Adjustment
          • Up/Down Adjustment Rear Edge of Hood (To Achieve Fit to the Doors and Fenders)
        • Hood Replacement
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
        • Hood Latch Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Replacement
        • Front Side Door Check Link Replacement
        • Fuel Tank Filler Pipe Housing Replacement
        • Hood Strut Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Hinge Torque Rod Replacement
        • Hood Rear Seal Replacement
        • Front Side Door Rear Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Front Door Opening Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Weatherstrip Replacement
    • Bumper System & Fascia
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Bumper Fascia Energy Absorber Replacement
        • Front Bumper Impact Bar Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Replacement (Base)
        • Front Bumper Fascia Replacement (Turbo)
        • Front Bumper Fascia Support Replacement (Turbo)
        • Front Bumper Fascia Reinforcement Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Air Deflector Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Extension Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Center Bracket Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Lower Fascia Retainer Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Outer Support Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Support Bracket Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Bracket Replacement
        • Rear Energy Absorber Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Impact Bar Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Bumper and Fascia Description
    • Squeaks & Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Fender Emblem/Nameplate Replacement
        • Front Bumper Fascia Emblem Replacement
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Pontiac Emblem)
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Pontiac Nameplate)
        • Rear Bumper Fascia Emblem/Nameplate Replacement (Solstice Emblem)
        • Fascia Grille Replacement (Base)
        • Fascia Grille Replacement (Turbo Center Grille)
        • Fascia Grille Replacement (Turbo Lower Grille)
        • Fascia Grille Replacement (Turbo Outer Grille)
    • Floor Coverings & Headliners
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Floor Panel Carpet Replacement
        • Floor Panel Tunnel Carpet Replacement
        • Front Floor Panel Carpet Filler Replacement
        • Folding Top Headlining Trim Panel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Instrument Panel Trim And Console Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Insulator Panel Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Extension Trim Plate Replacement
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Driver Knee Bolster Bracket Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Trim Plate Bezel Replacement
        • Instrument Cluster Trim Panel Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Right Side
        • Instrument Panel Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Lock Striker Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Latch Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Compartment Door Dampener Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Assist Handle Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Trim Pad Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Center Support Bracket Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Carrier Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Tie Bar Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Cup Holder Replacement
        • Console Shift Lever Bezel Replacement
        • Front Floor Console Replacement
    • Interior Trim & Paneling
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Door Trim Panel Replacement
        • Door Water Deflector Replacement
        • Foot Rest Replacement
        • Body Lock Pillar Trim Panel Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Trim Panel Replacement
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement
        • Sunshade Replacement
        • Windshield Pillar Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Windshield Upper Garnish Molding Replacement
        • Body Hinge Pillar Trim Panel Replacement
        • Rear Window Panel Trim Replacement
        • Rear Window Panel Stowage Compartment Cover Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Accessory Door Cover Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Lid Inner Panel Trim Replacement
        • Rear Compartment Front Trim Panel Replacement
        • Driver Seat Cup Holder Replacement
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Driver and Passenger Seat Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement
        • Two-Way Manual Seat Adjuster Handle Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Trim Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Frame Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Recliner Outer Trim Panel Replacement
        • Driver and Passenger Seat Recliner Handle Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Body Panel Replacement
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame & Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Suspension Support Crossmember Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Brace Replacement
        • Front Wheelhouse Liner Replacement (Base)
        • Front Wheelhouse Liner Replacement (Turbo)
        • Rear Wheelhouse Liner Panel Replacement
        • Front Brake Caliper Cooling Duct Replacement
        • Floor Panel Tunnel Panel Replacement - Front (M/T)
        • Floor Panel Tunnel Panel Replacement - Front (A/T)
        • Floor Panel Tunnel Panel Replacement - Rear
        • Transmission Support Replacement (M/T)
        • Transmission Support Replacement (A/T)
        • Transmission Support Replacement (M/T w/Z0K)
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Immobilizer System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Immobilizer Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Immobilizer Component Views
        • Immobilizer Connector End Views
          • Theft Deterrent Module
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Immobilizer
        • DTC B3031
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3060
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3935
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B3976
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1629
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
        • DTC P1631
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P1632
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Programming Immobilizer System Components
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure for TDM or ECM
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure for TDM or ECM
        • Adding Keys
        • Replacing Keys
          • Replacing Keys Procedure 10 minute relearn
          • Replacing Keys Procedure 30 minute relearn
      • Description and Operation
        • Immobilizer Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Module (TDM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Indicator Operation
            • Notes
            • Security Indicator Stays Illuminated and Engine Starts
            • Security Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
            • Security Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
            • Security Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
          • Ignition Switch
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator (M82)
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Body Control Module Label
          • Body Control Module - Top View
          • Body Control Module - Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LE5 w/MA5)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LE5 w/M82)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LNF w/MA5)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LNF w/M82)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label Usage
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
          • Splice Pack SP200
        • Inline !!!Harness Connector End Views
          • C100 Engine Harness to the I/P Body Harness (LNF)
          • C102 RF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C103 LF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C120 I/P Body Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C160 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness (LE5)
          • C162 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness (LNF)
          • C207 Console Harness to I/P Body Harness (M82)
          • C208 SIR I/P Module Harness to the I/P Body Harness
          • C216 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness
          • C218 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness
          • C316 I/P Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness
          • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness (w/o AF2)
          • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness (AF2)
          • C400 I/P Body Harness to the Rear Lamp Harness
          • C401 I/P Body Harness to Digital Radio Receiver (U2K)
          • C406 I/P Body Harness to Chassis Harness
          • C408 Chassis Harness to I/P Body Harness
          • C500 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness
          • C501 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness (A31)
          • C600 Passenger Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • DTC B1370
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1380
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1441
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2535
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
          • High Temperature Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Identifying Connectors
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • AFL/EPC Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • FCI Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • JST Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Kostel Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Molex Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Sumitomo Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder is Stuck Inside Lock Cylinder Case
        • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
        • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Run/Crank Relay
            • Notes
            • Accessory (ACC) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mirrors
    • Mirror System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Mirror Component Views
        • Mirror Connector End Views
          • Inside Rearview Mirror (w/UE1)
          • Inside Rearview Mirror (w/o UE1)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver (D48)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger (D48)
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch (D48)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Mirrors
        • Symptoms - Mirrors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
        • Mirror Replacement
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Motor Replacement
        • Mirror Face Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
      • Description and Operation
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Rearview Mirror System Components
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Controls
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Operation
  • Seats
    • Power Seat System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Component Views
        • Power Seat Connector End Views
          • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver
          • Seat Front Vertical Motor - Driver
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Driver Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Power Seat Switch Replacement
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
    • Seat Hardware, Seat Trim, And Upholstery
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Driver and Passenger Seat Replacement
        • Front Seat Adjuster Replacement
        • Two-Way Manual Seat Adjuster Handle Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Frame Replacement
        • Seat Cushion Trim Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Frame Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Recliner Outer Trim Panel Replacement
        • Driver and Passenger Seat Recliner Handle Replacement
        • Front Seat Back Body Panel Replacement
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Folding Top System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Folding Top Number 1 Bow Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Number 3 Bow Replacement
        • Folding Top Number 4 Bow Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Side Front Weatherstrip Replacement - Right Side
        • Folding Top Side Front Weatherstrip Retainer Replacement - Right Side
        • Folding Top Side Front Weatherstrip Replacement - Left Side
        • Folding Top Side Front Weatherstrip Retainer Replacement - Left Side
        • Folding Top Side Rear Weatherstrip Replacement - Right Side
        • Folding Top Side Rear Weatherstrip Retainer Replacement - Right
        • Folding Top Side Rear Weatherstrip Replacement - Left Side
        • Folding Top Side Rear Weatherstrip Retainer Replacement - Left
        • Folding Top Pivot Bracket Replacement
        • Folding Top Cover Side Tension Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Front Latch Handle Replacement
        • Folding Top Front Latch Replacement
        • Folding Top Rear Latch Replacement
        • Folding Top Link Replacement
        • Folding Top Side Rail Link Replacement
        • Folding Top Front Locating Pin Replacement
        • Folding Top Side Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Front Locating Pin Guide Replacement
        • Folding Top Cover No. 1 Bow Retainer Replacement
        • Folding Top Cover Rear Retainer Replacement
        • Folding Top Clock Spring Replacement
        • Folding Top Panel Latch Striker Replacement - Front
        • Folding Top Striker Replacement - Rear
        • Folding Top Adjustment
          • Upstop Adjustment Procedure
        • Folding Top Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Windows
    • Fixed & MOVEABLE Window Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Moveable Window Schematics
        • Defogger Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Window Systems Component Views
        • Window Systems Connector End Views
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C1
          • Rear Window Defogger Grid C2
          • Window Motor - Driver (A31)
          • Window Motor - Passenger (A31)
          • Window Switch - Driver (A31)
          • Window Switch - Passenger (A31)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Fixed and Moveable Windows
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • DTC B0283
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0283 02
            • C0283 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Fixed and Moveable Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Window Defogger Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Windows Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Frame Weatherstrip Replacement
        • Door Window Adjustment
        • Door Window Major Height Adjustment
        • Door Window Tip-In Adjustment
        • Front Side Door Window Replacement
        • Rear Window Replacement
        • Door Window Regulator Handle Replacement
        • Power Window Switch Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Manual)
        • Front Side Door Window Regulator Replacement (Power)
        • Door Window Regulator Motor Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Outer Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Front Side Door Window Belt Inner Sealing Strip Replacement
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
      • Description and Operation
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window Motor Operation
          • Power Window Operation
          • Window Express Down Feature
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake System, Traction Control System & Stability Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Antilock Brake System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Antilock Brake System Component Views
        • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
          • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (LE5)
          • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (LNF)
          • Steering Angle Sensor (JL4)
          • Traction Control Switch (JL4)
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF
          • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR
          • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor (JL4)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Test Drive
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC C0035-C0050
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0110
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0110 04
            • C00110 61
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0131
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0161
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0186
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0196
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0201
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0252
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0292
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0460
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0550
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0551
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0551 45
            • C0551 47
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0561
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0569
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC C0899
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Circuit/System Testing
        • DTC C0900
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antilock Brake System Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Steering Angle Sensor Centering
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Replacement
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Bracket Replacement
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Engine Drag Control (EDC)
          • Electronic Brake Distribution (EBD)
          • Traction Control System (TCS)
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Control System Indicator
            • TRAC Off
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Measurement
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Front Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection
        • Rear Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Front Disc Brake Pads Replacement
        • Rear Disc Brake Pads Replacement
        • Brake Pad and Rotor Burnishing
        • Front Brake Caliper Replacement
        • Rear Brake Caliper Replacement
        • Front Brake Caliper Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Front Disc Brake Hardware Replacement
        • Rear Disc Brake Hardware Replacement
        • Front Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement
        • Rear Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement
        • Front Brake Rotor Replacement
        • Rear Brake Rotor Replacement
        • Front Brake Shield Replacement
        • Rear Disc Brake Backing Plate Replacement
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - Indexing
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - Correction Plates
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout Correction - On Vehicle Lathe
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Hydraulic Brake Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
          • Brake Booster Pump Motor (LNF)
          • Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor (LNF)
          • Brake Fluid Level Switch
          • Park Brake Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0267
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0556
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0557
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0558
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Brake Pulsation
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Descriptions
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
        • Master Cylinder Replacement (w/o JL4)
        • Master Cylinder Replacement (w/JL4)
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor Replacement
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
        • Proportioning Valve Replacement
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
        • Front Brake Hose Replacement
        • Rear Brake Hose Replacement
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement (w/o JL4)
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement (w/JL4)
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement (w/o JL4)
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement (w/JL4)
        • Power Brake Booster Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Fluid and Brake Fluid Handling
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake Warning Indicator
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • Park Brake Lever Assembly Replacement
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement
      • Parking Brake Rear Cable Replacement
      • Park Brake Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
        • System Components Description
        • System Operation
  • Anti-Lock Brake System, Traction Control System & Stability Control System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Antilock Brake System Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Antilock Brake System Component Views
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (LE5)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) (LNF)
        • Steering Angle Sensor (JL4)
        • Traction Control Switch (JL4)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR
        • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor (JL4)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Test Drive
      • Enhanced Diagnostics
        • History Data
        • Diagnostic Strategy
      • DTC C0035-C0050
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC C0110
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0110 04
          • C00110 61
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC C0131
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC C0161
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC C0186
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC C0196
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC C0201
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC C0252
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC C0292
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC C0460
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC C0550
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC C0551
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0551 45
          • C0551 47
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC C0561
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC C0569
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC C0899
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • DTC C0900
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • ABS Indicator Always On
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • ABS Indicator Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Repair Instructions
      • Antilock Brake System Automated Bleed Procedure
      • Steering Angle Sensor Centering
      • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Replacement
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve Bracket Replacement
      • Traction Control Switch Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • ABS Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Initialization Sequence
        • Antilock Brake System
        • Pressure Hold
        • Pressure Decrease
        • Pressure Increase
        • Engine Drag Control (EDC)
        • Electronic Brake Distribution (EBD)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • ABS Indicator
        • Traction Control System Indicator
          • TRAC Off
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Shudder or Vibration During Acceleration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seal and Clamp
          • Inner Joint
          • Outer Joint
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Differentials & Drive Axles
    • Rear Drive Axle
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Lubrication Specifications
        • Rear Axle Specifications
        • Rear Axle Usage
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Limited Slip Differential Disassembled Views
        • Rear Axle Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Locking/Limited Slip Rear Axle
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Rear Drive Axle
        • Symptoms - Locking/Limited Slip Rear Axle
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Rear Drive Axle
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
        • Noisy on Turns
        • Rear Axle Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
        • Limited Slip Differential Diagnosis
        • Limited Slip Differential Chatters in Turns
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lubricant Change
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Rear Axle Lubricant Level Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Cover and Seal Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke and/or Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Bracket Replacement
        • Differential Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Limited Slip Differential Disassemble
        • Limited Slip Differential Cleaning and Inspection
        • Limited Slip Differential Assemble
      • Description and Operation
        • Limited Slip Differential Description and Operation
        • Rear Drive Axle Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Driveshaft & Universal Joints
    • Propeller Shaft
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Propeller Shaft
        • Symptoms - Propeller Shaft
          • Notes
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Universal Joint Noise
        • Ping, Snap, or Click Noise
        • Knock or Clunk Noise
        • Scraping Noise
        • Squeak Noise
        • Shudder on Acceleration at Low Speed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Propeller Shaft, Differential, and Driveline Support Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driveline Tunnel Closeout Panel Replacement
        • Propeller Shaft Replacement (A/T)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Propeller Shaft Replacement (Z0K)
      • Description and Operation
        • Propeller Shaft Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • One Piece Propeller Shaft Description
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlet Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Receptacle or 12-Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C1 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C2 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C3 (UQ3)
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • Radio Connector End View - C1
        • Radio Connector End View - C2
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Door (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Rear (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Rear (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Door (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Rear (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Rear (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer (UQ3)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C4
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Module Connector End View
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Resistor Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View (M82)
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP200 Connector End View
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to the I/P Body Harness Connector End View (LNF)
        • C102 RF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C103 LF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C120 I/P Body Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C160 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness Connector End View (LE5)
        • C162 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness Connector End View (LNF)
        • C207 Console Harness to I/P Body Harness Connector End View (M82)
        • C208 SIR I/P Module Harness to the I/P Body Harness Connector End View
        • C216 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness Connector End View
        • C218 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness Connector End View
        • C316 I/P Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (w/o AF2)
        • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (AF2)
        • C400 I/P Body Harness to the Rear Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C401 I/P Body Harness to Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • C406 I/P Body Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C408 Chassis Harness to I/P Body Harness Connector End View
        • C500 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness Connector End View
        • C501 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness Connector End View (A31)
        • C600 Passenger Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness Connector End View
      • Manual Transmission Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Airbag On/Off Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presense System (PPS) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C3
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (w/UE1)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (D48)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (D48)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View (D48)
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Actuator Connector End View (M82)
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Horn Switch Connector End View
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver (A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Passenger (A31)
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View (AU0)
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View (MA5)
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left Front (T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right Front (T96)
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View (T96)
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Park/Turn Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Park/Turn Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View (M82)
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Connector End View - Right (UK3)
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Passenger
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Booster Pump Motor Connector End View (LNF)
        • Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor Connector End View (LNF)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Engine Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Cooling Fan Connector End View (LE5)
        • Engine Cooling Fan Connector End View (LNF)
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/ Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
        • Fuel Pressure Sensor (FPS) Connector End View
        • High Pressure Fuel Pump Connector End View
        • Intake Air Pressure and Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) - 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) - 2 Connector End View
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View
        • Turbo Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Connector End View
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switch Connector End View (MA5)
        • Clutch Start Switch Connector End View (MA5)
        • Generator Connector End View
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Connector End View - Left
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LE5)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LNF)
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (JL4)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Passenger
        • Folding Top Cover Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (C60)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (C60)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View (C60)
        • High Speed Blower Motor Relay Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 4-5 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Output Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
          • Ignition Switch
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator (M82)
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Body Control Module Label
          • Body Control Module - Top View
          • Body Control Module - Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LE5 w/MA5)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LE5 w/M82)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LNF w/MA5)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LNF w/M82)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label Usage
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
          • Splice Pack SP200
        • Inline !!!Harness Connector End Views
          • C100 Engine Harness to the I/P Body Harness (LNF)
          • C102 RF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C103 LF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C120 I/P Body Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C160 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness (LE5)
          • C162 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness (LNF)
          • C207 Console Harness to I/P Body Harness (M82)
          • C208 SIR I/P Module Harness to the I/P Body Harness
          • C216 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness
          • C218 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness
          • C316 I/P Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness
          • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness (w/o AF2)
          • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness (AF2)
          • C400 I/P Body Harness to the Rear Lamp Harness
          • C401 I/P Body Harness to Digital Radio Receiver (U2K)
          • C406 I/P Body Harness to Chassis Harness
          • C408 Chassis Harness to I/P Body Harness
          • C500 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness
          • C501 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness (A31)
          • C600 Passenger Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • DTC B1370
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1380
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1441
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2535
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
          • High Temperature Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Identifying Connectors
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • AFL/EPC Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • FCI Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • JST Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Kostel Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Molex Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Sumitomo Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder is Stuck Inside Lock Cylinder Case
        • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
        • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Run/Crank Relay
            • Notes
            • Accessory (ACC) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
          • Clutch Pedal Position Switch (MA5)
          • Clutch Start Switch (MA5)
          • Generator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1325 03
            • B1325 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0899
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0900
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0560
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0562
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0563
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0616
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0617
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0622
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0626
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P2500
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2501
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement (LNF)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LE5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LE5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement
        • Generator Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
          • Ignition Switch
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator (M82)
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Body Control Module Label
          • Body Control Module - Top View
          • Body Control Module - Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LE5 w/MA5)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LE5 w/M82)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LNF w/MA5)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LNF w/M82)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label Usage
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
          • Splice Pack SP200
        • Inline !!!Harness Connector End Views
          • C100 Engine Harness to the I/P Body Harness (LNF)
          • C102 RF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C103 LF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C120 I/P Body Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C160 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness (LE5)
          • C162 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness (LNF)
          • C207 Console Harness to I/P Body Harness (M82)
          • C208 SIR I/P Module Harness to the I/P Body Harness
          • C216 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness
          • C218 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness
          • C316 I/P Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness
          • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness (w/o AF2)
          • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness (AF2)
          • C400 I/P Body Harness to the Rear Lamp Harness
          • C401 I/P Body Harness to Digital Radio Receiver (U2K)
          • C406 I/P Body Harness to Chassis Harness
          • C408 Chassis Harness to I/P Body Harness
          • C500 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness
          • C501 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness (A31)
          • C600 Passenger Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • DTC B1370
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1380
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1441
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2535
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
          • High Temperature Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Identifying Connectors
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • AFL/EPC Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • FCI Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • JST Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Kostel Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Molex Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Sumitomo Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder is Stuck Inside Lock Cylinder Case
        • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
        • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Run/Crank Relay
            • Notes
            • Accessory (ACC) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Fusible Links
      • Body Control Module Fuse Block
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
  • Instrument Panel System Displays And Gauges
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Displays and Gages Component Views
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Displays and Gages
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTC B2961
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0461
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0462
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0463
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0520
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Symptoms - Displays and Gages
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Chime Always On
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Chime Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Odometer Trip/Reset Switch Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Trunk Ajar Indicator Always On
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Trunk Ajar Indicator Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Repair Instructions
      • Instrument Cluster Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Key-In-Ignition Warning
        • Lights On Warning
        • Park Brake Warning
        • Turn Signal On Warning
        • Additional Warnings
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Info
        • Av Vehicle Speed
        • Av Fuel Econ
        • Coolant Temperature
        • Fuel Range
        • Oil Life Monitor
        • TRIP ODOMETER A and TRIP ODOMETER B
        • Reset/Select
        • Menu
        • Oil-Life Reset
        • Odometer
        • Indicators And Warning Messages
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Change Oil Soon
        • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
        • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Engine Oil Pressure
        • Ice Possible
        • Low Fuel
        • Low Oil Level
        • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator System Operation
      • Instrument Cluster Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Fuel Gage
        • Odometer
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horn Schematic Icons
        • Horn Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horn Component Views
        • Horn Connector End Views
          • Horn
          • Horn Switch
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2750
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Horns - Poor Tone
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Power Outlet Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
          • Auxiliary Power Outlet
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Receptacle or 12-Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C1 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C2 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C3 (UQ3)
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • Radio Connector End View - C1
        • Radio Connector End View - C2
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Door (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Rear (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Rear (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Door (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Rear (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Rear (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer (UQ3)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C4
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Module Connector End View
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Resistor Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View (M82)
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP200 Connector End View
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to the I/P Body Harness Connector End View (LNF)
        • C102 RF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C103 LF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C120 I/P Body Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C160 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness Connector End View (LE5)
        • C162 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness Connector End View (LNF)
        • C207 Console Harness to I/P Body Harness Connector End View (M82)
        • C208 SIR I/P Module Harness to the I/P Body Harness Connector End View
        • C216 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness Connector End View
        • C218 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness Connector End View
        • C316 I/P Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (w/o AF2)
        • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (AF2)
        • C400 I/P Body Harness to the Rear Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C401 I/P Body Harness to Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • C406 I/P Body Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C408 Chassis Harness to I/P Body Harness Connector End View
        • C500 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness Connector End View
        • C501 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness Connector End View (A31)
        • C600 Passenger Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness Connector End View
      • Manual Transmission Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Airbag On/Off Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presense System (PPS) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C3
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (w/UE1)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (D48)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (D48)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View (D48)
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Actuator Connector End View (M82)
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Horn Switch Connector End View
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver (A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Passenger (A31)
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View (AU0)
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View (MA5)
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left Front (T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right Front (T96)
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View (T96)
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Park/Turn Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Park/Turn Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View (M82)
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Connector End View - Right (UK3)
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Passenger
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Booster Pump Motor Connector End View (LNF)
        • Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor Connector End View (LNF)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Engine Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Cooling Fan Connector End View (LE5)
        • Engine Cooling Fan Connector End View (LNF)
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/ Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
        • Fuel Pressure Sensor (FPS) Connector End View
        • High Pressure Fuel Pump Connector End View
        • Intake Air Pressure and Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) - 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) - 2 Connector End View
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View
        • Turbo Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Connector End View
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switch Connector End View (MA5)
        • Clutch Start Switch Connector End View (MA5)
        • Generator Connector End View
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Connector End View - Left
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LE5)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LNF)
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (JL4)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Passenger
        • Folding Top Cover Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (C60)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (C60)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View (C60)
        • High Speed Blower Motor Relay Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 4-5 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Output Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
          • Ignition Switch
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator (M82)
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Body Control Module Label
          • Body Control Module - Top View
          • Body Control Module - Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LE5 w/MA5)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LE5 w/M82)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LNF w/MA5)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LNF w/M82)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label Usage
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
          • Splice Pack SP200
        • Inline !!!Harness Connector End Views
          • C100 Engine Harness to the I/P Body Harness (LNF)
          • C102 RF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C103 LF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C120 I/P Body Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C160 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness (LE5)
          • C162 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness (LNF)
          • C207 Console Harness to I/P Body Harness (M82)
          • C208 SIR I/P Module Harness to the I/P Body Harness
          • C216 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness
          • C218 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness
          • C316 I/P Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness
          • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness (w/o AF2)
          • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness (AF2)
          • C400 I/P Body Harness to the Rear Lamp Harness
          • C401 I/P Body Harness to Digital Radio Receiver (U2K)
          • C406 I/P Body Harness to Chassis Harness
          • C408 Chassis Harness to I/P Body Harness
          • C500 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness
          • C501 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness (A31)
          • C600 Passenger Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • DTC B1370
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1380
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1441
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2535
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
          • High Temperature Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Identifying Connectors
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • AFL/EPC Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • FCI Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • JST Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Kostel Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Molex Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Sumitomo Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder is Stuck Inside Lock Cylinder Case
        • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
        • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Run/Crank Relay
            • Notes
            • Accessory (ACC) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
          • Clutch Pedal Position Switch (MA5)
          • Clutch Start Switch (MA5)
          • Generator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1325 03
            • B1325 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0899
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0900
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0560
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0562
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0563
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0616
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0617
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0622
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0626
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P2500
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2501
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement (LNF)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LE5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LE5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement
        • Generator Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Entertainment/Communication Connector End Views
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C1 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C2 (UQ3)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View - C3 (UQ3)
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • Radio Connector End View - C1
        • Radio Connector End View - C2
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Door (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Front Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Rear (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left Rear (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Door (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Door (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Front Tweeter
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Rear (UQ3)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right Rear (UW5)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Subwoofer (UQ3)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C1
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C2
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View - C4
      • Immobilizer Connector End Views
        • Theft Deterrent Module Connector End View
      • Data Communication Connector End Views
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C1
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C2
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C3
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Connector End View C4
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Resistor Connector End View
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C1
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C2
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C3
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood C4
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View (M82)
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack SP200 Connector End View
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • C100 Engine Harness to the I/P Body Harness Connector End View (LNF)
        • C102 RF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C103 LF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C120 I/P Body Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C160 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness Connector End View (LE5)
        • C162 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness Connector End View (LNF)
        • C207 Console Harness to I/P Body Harness Connector End View (M82)
        • C208 SIR I/P Module Harness to the I/P Body Harness Connector End View
        • C216 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness Connector End View
        • C218 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness Connector End View
        • C316 I/P Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (w/o AF2)
        • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness Connector End View (AF2)
        • C400 I/P Body Harness to the Rear Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C401 I/P Body Harness to Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K)
        • C406 I/P Body Harness to Chassis Harness Connector End View
        • C408 Chassis Harness to I/P Body Harness Connector End View
        • C500 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness Connector End View
        • C501 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness Connector End View (A31)
        • C600 Passenger Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness Connector End View
      • Manual Transmission Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View
      • SIR Connector End Views
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Airbag On/Off Indicator Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presense System (PPS) Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Connector End View C3
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
      • Wiper/Washer Connector End Views
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Assembly Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
      • Mirror Connector End Views
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (w/UE1)
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View (w/o UE1)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Driver (D48)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Connector End View - Passenger (D48)
        • Outside Rearview Mirror Switch Connector End View (D48)
      • Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Actuator Connector End View (M82)
      • Horn Connector End Views
        • Horn Connector End View
        • Horn Switch Connector End View
      • Window Systems Connector End Views
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Grid Connector End View C2
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver (A31)
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Passenger (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Driver (A31)
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Passenger (A31)
      • Remote Function Connector End Views
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) Connector End View (AU0)
      • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
        • Ambient Light Sensor Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View (MA5)
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Left Front (T96)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - Right Front (T96)
        • Fog Lamp Switch Connector End View (T96)
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right
        • I/P Dimmer Switch Connector End View
        • License Lamp Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Park/Turn Lamp Connector End View - Left Front
        • Park/Turn Lamp Connector End View - Right Front
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Tail/Stop and Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2
      • Secondary/Configurable Control Connector End Views
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View (M82)
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Connector End View - Right (UK3)
      • Seat Belt Connector End Views
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Passenger
      • Hydraulic Brake Connector End Views
        • Brake Booster Pump Motor Connector End View (LNF)
        • Brake Booster Vacuum Sensor Connector End View (LNF)
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
      • Cooling System Connector End Views
        • Engine Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Cooling Fan Connector End View (LE5)
        • Engine Cooling Fan Connector End View (LNF)
      • Engine Controls Connector End Views
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Connector End View - Intake
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Exhaust
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View - Intake
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/ Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Body Connector End View
        • Fuel Pressure Sensor (FPS) Connector End View
        • High Pressure Fuel Pump Connector End View
        • Intake Air Pressure and Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) - 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) - 2 Connector End View
        • Supercharger Boost Control Solenoid Connector End View
        • Turbo Bypass Valve Control Solenoid Connector End View
      • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C3
      • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switch Connector End View (MA5)
        • Clutch Start Switch Connector End View (MA5)
        • Generator Connector End View
      • Power Outlet Connector End Views
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Connector End View - Left
      • Power Seat Connector End Views
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
      • Antilock Brake System Connector End Views
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LE5)
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View (LNF)
        • Steering Angle Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View (JL4)
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
      • Displays and Gages Connector End Views
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Switch Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
      • Vehicle Access Connector End Views
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Actuator Connector End View - Passenger
        • Folding Top Cover Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Ajar Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
      • HVAC Connector End Views
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View (C60)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (C60)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly Connector End View
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View (C60)
        • High Speed Blower Motor Relay Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C1
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C2
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View C3
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
      • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Connector End View, Engine Side
      • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 4-5 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Output Speed Sensor Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulated (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
      • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
        • Engine Side to Transmission Side Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
        • Notes
        • 2.0L VIN M Turbo
        • 2.4L VIN B
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
        • 2.0L
        • 2.4L VIN 5
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
        • 2.0L VIN M Turbo
        • 2.4L VIN B
      • Cruise Control
        • 2.0L
        • 2.4L VIN 5
      • Defoggers
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.0L VIN M
        • 2.4L VIN B
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems & Power Management
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Power Moding Schematics
        • Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
          • Ignition Switch
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator (M82)
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Body Control Module Label
          • Body Control Module - Top View
          • Body Control Module - Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LE5 w/MA5)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LE5 w/M82)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LNF w/MA5)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label (LNF w/M82)
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label Usage
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C1
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C2
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C3
          • Fuse Block - Underhood C4
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
          • Splice Pack SP200
        • Inline !!!Harness Connector End Views
          • C100 Engine Harness to the I/P Body Harness (LNF)
          • C102 RF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C103 LF Fog/Turn Lamp Jumper Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C120 I/P Body Harness to the Forward Lamp Harness
          • C160 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness (LE5)
          • C162 Engine Harness to the Fuel Injector Jumper Harness (LNF)
          • C207 Console Harness to I/P Body Harness (M82)
          • C208 SIR I/P Module Harness to the I/P Body Harness
          • C216 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness
          • C218 I/P Body Harness to the HVAC Harness
          • C316 I/P Body Harness to the Passenger Seat Harness
          • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness (w/o AF2)
          • C317 I/P Body Harness to the Driver Seat Harness (AF2)
          • C400 I/P Body Harness to the Rear Lamp Harness
          • C401 I/P Body Harness to Digital Radio Receiver (U2K)
          • C406 I/P Body Harness to Chassis Harness
          • C408 Chassis Harness to I/P Body Harness
          • C500 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness
          • C501 Driver Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness (A31)
          • C600 Passenger Door Harness to the I/P Body Harness
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • DTC B1370
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1380
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1441
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2535
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Ignition Can/Cannot Be Turned Off with Transmission in Any Gear
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact in Bussed Electrical Centers (BEC)
          • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
          • High Temperature Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Component Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Identifying Connectors
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • AFL/EPC Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (ECM)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
        • Delphi Connectors (12-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • FCI Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • JST Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Kostel Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Molex Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Sumitomo Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (43-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Door Module)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (2-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors (16-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder is Stuck Inside Lock Cylinder Case
        • Ignition Key Cannot Be Removed from the Ignition Lock Cylinder
        • Ignition Key Cannot Turn or Sticks in Any Position
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition and Start Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Park Lock Description and Operation
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Serial Data Power Mode Master
          • Relay Controlled Power Mode
          • Run/Crank Relay
            • Notes
            • Accessory (ACC) Relay
          • Fail-Safe Operation
          • Serial Data Messages
          • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • BCM Wake-Up/Sleep States
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Mechanical
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
          • Engine Coolant Level Switch
          • Engine Cooling Fan (LE5)
          • Engine Cooling Fan (LNF)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P0480 or P0481 (2.4L)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC P0480, P0691, or P0692 (2.0L)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0480
            • P0691
            • P0692
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Cooling Fan Always On (2.4)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Cooling Fan Always On (2.0)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative (2.4)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative (2.0)
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Glycol
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Notes
          • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (GE-47716)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Vac-N-Fill Procedure
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (2.4L LE5 Only)
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Flushing
          • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Surge Tank Replacement
        • Coolant Reservoir/Surge Tank Bracket Replacement
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Outlet
        • Radiator Inlet Hose Replacement
        • Radiator Outlet Hose Replacement
        • Cooling Fan and Shroud Replacement
        • Turbocharger Coolant Feed Pipe Replacement (LNF)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turbocharger Coolant Return Pipe Replacement (LNF)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Replacement (LNF)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Replacement (LE5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (LNF)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (LE5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (LNF)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (LE5)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Drain Cock Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement
        • Radiator Support Bracket Replacement
        • Radiator Air Lower Baffle and Deflector Replacement
        • Radiator Air Baffle and Deflector Replacement - Side
        • Radiator Air Upper Baffle and Deflector Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling Fan Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control 2.0L
          • Cooling Fan Control 2.4L
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control 2.4L
          • Engine Coolant Indicator(s)
            • Low Coolant Level
          • Coolant Heater
          • Cooling System
            • Notes
            • Charge Air Cooling System (LSJ Only)
            • Cooling Cycle
            • Coolant
            • Radiator
            • Pressure Cap
            • Surge Tank
            • Air Baffles and Seals
            • Water Pump
            • Thermostat
            • Transmission Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement (LNF)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement (LE5)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (LNF)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement (LE5)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement (LNF)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement (LE5)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement (LNF)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement (LE5)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance & Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • Notes
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
  • Engine Mechanical - 2.4L
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Thread Repair Specifications
        • Engine Block - Front View
        • Engine Block - Back View
        • Engine Block - Left Side View
        • Engine Block - Bottom View
        • Engine Block - Right Side View
        • Engine Block - Top View
        • Lower Crankcase - Front View
        • Lower Crankcase - Back View
        • Lower Crankcase - Bottom View
        • Lower Crankcase - Left View
        • Lower Crankcase - Right View
        • Cylinder Head - Top View
        • Cylinder Head - Intake Manifold Deck View
        • Cylinder Head - Exhaust Manifold Deck View
        • Cylinder Head - Front View
        • Cylinder Head - Back View
        • Cylinder Head - Bottom View
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
      • Engine Identification
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant in Engine Oil
      • Engine Compression Test
      • Cylinder Leakage Test
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
      • Drive Belt Chirping, Squeal, and Whine Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Rumbling and Vibration Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Falls Off and Excessive Wear Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
    • Repair Instructions
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Intake Manifold Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Replacement (With A/C)
        • Drive Belt Replacement (Without A/C)
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankcase Ventilation Hoses/Pipes Replacement
        • Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain, Sprockets, and/or Tensioner Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Balance Shaft Replacement - Right Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Balance Shaft Replacement - Left Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain Tensioner Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Camshaft and Lifter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Exhaust Camshaft and Lifter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Intake Actuator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Exhaust Actuator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement (w/Manual Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement (w/Automatic Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
        • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal
        • Intake Manifold Removal
        • Camshaft Cover Removal
        • Engine Front Cover and Oil Pump Removal
        • Timing Chain and Tensioner Removal
        • Intake Camshaft, Follower, and Adjuster Removal
        • Exhaust Camshaft, Follower, and Adjuster Removal
        • Balance Shaft Drive Chain and Tensioner Removal
        • Balance Shaft Removal
        • Water Pump Removal
        • Cylinder Head Removal
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
        • Lower Crankcase Removal
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
        • Engine Block Disassemble
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Honing
        • Cylinder Sleeve Removal
        • Cylinder Sleeve Installation
          • Cylinder Sleeve Install
          • Cylinder Sleeve Trimming
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Connecting Rod Measurement
          • Piston Measurement
          • Piston Selection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
        • Camshaft Cleaning and Inspection
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Balance Shaft Cleaning and Inspection
        • Balance Shaft Drive Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
          • Valve Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cylinder Head and Gasket Surface Cleaning and Inspection
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Assemble
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
        • Thread Repair
          • Notes
          • General Thread Repair
          • Cylinder Head Bolt Hole Thread Repair
          • Main Cap Bolt Hole Thread Repair
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Engine Block Assemble
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
        • Lower Crankcase Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation
        • Intake Camshaft, Follower, and Adjuster Install
        • Exhaust Camshaft, Follower, and Adjuster Install
        • Balance Shaft Installation
        • Water Pump Installation
        • Balance Shaft to Engine Timing
        • Balance Shaft Drive Chain and Tensioner Install
        • Timing Chain, Sprockets, Tensioner Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
        • Engine Front Cover and Oil Pump Installation
        • Camshaft Cover Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
        • Oil Filter Adapter Installation
        • Intake Manifold Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
        • Engine Prelubing
    • Description and Operation
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Description
        • General Description
        • Operation
        • Results of Incorrect Operation
      • Drive Belt System Description
      • Engine Component Description
        • Engine Description
          • Cylinder Block
          • Crankshaft
          • Connecting Rod and Piston
          • Oil Pan
          • Balance Shaft Assembly
          • Cylinder Head
          • Valves
          • Camshaft
          • Valve Lifters
          • Camshaft Cover
          • Camshaft Drive
          • Intake and Exhaust Manifold
      • Lubrication Description
      • Cleanliness and Care
      • Separating Parts
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
        • Tools Required
        • Gasket Reuse and Applying Sealants
        • Separating Components
        • Cleaning Gasket Surfaces
        • Assembling Components
      • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
        • Pipe Joint Compound
        • RTV Sealer
      • Tools and Equipment
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
          • Clutch Pedal Position Switch (MA5)
          • Clutch Start Switch (MA5)
          • Generator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B1325 03
            • B1325 07
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC C0899
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC C0900
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0560
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0562
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0563
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0616
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0617
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0622
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0626
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P2500
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2501
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
          • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnection and Connection
          • Disconnect Procedure
          • Connect Procedure
        • Battery Positive and Negative Cable Replacement (LNF)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LE5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LE5)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement
        • Generator Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
          • Charging System Indicator
        • Electrical Power Management Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - PONTIAC
    • Introduction
    • Class 2
    • GMLAN (Can) Except 2.0L (LNF) & 3.6L
    • 2007 Solstice 2.0L (LNF)
    • 2008 G8 (3.6L)
    • 2008 Solstice 2.0L (LNF)
    • 2008 Torrent (3.6L)
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 2.4L - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 2.4L - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance
        • Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C1
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C2
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C3
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Exhaust
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Intake
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Exhaust
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Intake
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid
          • Fuel Injector 1
          • Fuel Injector 2
          • Fuel Injector 3
          • Fuel Injector 4
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2
          • Ignition Coil 1
          • Ignition Coil 2
          • Ignition Coil 3
          • Ignition Coil 4
          • Knock Sensor
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/ Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Throttle Body
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn
        • Throttle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
          • Throttle Learn
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Airflow Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
          • Tools Required
          • With CH-48027
          • Without CH-48027
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Metal Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pump Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pump Fuel Feed Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis/Canister
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Filler Evaporative Emission Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Resonator Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Control Module Description
          • Notes
          • ECM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
          • ECM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
          • Underhood Inspection
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Engine Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Camshaft Actuator System Description
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator System
          • CMP Actuator System Operation
          • CMP Actuator Solenoid Circuit Diagnostics
          • CMP Actuator System Performance Diagnostics
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Pump Module
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Feed Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pulse Dampener
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Operation
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Ignition Coil/Module
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 2.4L - Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Symptoms Description
        • Symptoms Definition
        • Symptoms Verification
          • Notes
          • Identifying Intermittent Conditions
        • Symptoms Testing
        • Additional Symptoms Tests
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Service Bay Test
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running the Test
        • Test Procedure
      • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis (w/J39021 or w/Tech 2)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
          • Fuel Injector Coil Test
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis (w/CH47976)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
          • Fuel Injector Coil Test
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Tank Leak Test
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • System Verification
        • System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Test Description
        • Reference Information
        • System Verification
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing with Special Tool
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing without Special Tool
        • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Repair Procedures
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • I/M Data List
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 2.4L - DTC P0010 To P0354
      • DTC P0010, P0011, P0013, or P0014
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0016
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0017
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0135, or P0141
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • P0030 or P0036
          • P0053 or P0054
          • P0135 or P0141
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0068 or P0121
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0101 or P1101
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0102 or P0103
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0102
          • DTC P0103
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0106
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0107 or P0108
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0107
          • P0108
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0112 or P0113
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0112
          • P0113
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0116
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0117 or P0118
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0117
          • P0118
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, or P2135
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0120
          • P0122
          • P0123
          • P0220
          • P0222
          • P0223
          • P2135
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0128
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0128
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0131, P0132, P0137, or P0138
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0133, P0134, P0140, P1133, P2A00 or P2A01
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0171 or P0172
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing For DTC P0171
        • Circuit/System Testing For DTC P0172
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, or P0204
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0230
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0300-P0304
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0315
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0324, P0325, P0326, P0327, or P0328
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0324
          • P0325
          • P0326
          • P0327 and P0328
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0335 or P0336
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0340, P0341, P0365, or P0366
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0340
          • P0341 - Near Engine Start, CMP Fast Event Based Test
          • P0341 - After Engine Start, CMP Slow Event Based Test
          • P0365
          • P0366 - Near Engine Start, CMP Fast Event Based Test
          • P0366 - After Engine Start, CMP Slow Event Based Test
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0351-P0354
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 2.4L - DTC P0420 To P2544
      • DTC P0420
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0442
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0443 or P0449
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
          • P0443
          • P0449
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0446
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • Notes
          • Restriction
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0451, P0452, P0453, or P0454
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0451
          • P0452
          • P0453
          • P0454
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0455
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0496
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0506 or P0507
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P060D, P062F, or P2610
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing for the DTC
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0641 or P0651
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0650
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0685, P0689, or P0690
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0700 or P1700
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1174
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1400
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • DTC P1516, P2101, P2119, or P2176
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P1516
          • P2101
          • P2119
          • P2176
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1682
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128, or P2138
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P2120
          • P2122
          • P2123
          • P2125
          • P2127
          • P2128
          • P2138
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2544
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 2.4L - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 2.4L - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature Versus Resistance
        • Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions Hose Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Engine Control Module Connector End Views
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C1
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C2
          • Engine Control Module (ECM) C3
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Exhaust
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Intake
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Exhaust
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Intake
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid
          • Fuel Injector 1
          • Fuel Injector 2
          • Fuel Injector 3
          • Fuel Injector 4
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 1
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) 2
          • Ignition Coil 1
          • Ignition Coil 2
          • Ignition Coil 3
          • Ignition Coil 4
          • Knock Sensor
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF)/ Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor
          • Throttle Body
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Crankshaft Position System Variation Learn
        • Throttle Learn
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running the Throttle Learn Procedure
          • Throttle Learn
        • Engine Control Module Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Airflow Sensor/Intake Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 1 Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
          • Tools Required
          • With CH-48027
          • Without CH-48027
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Metal Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Plastic Collar Quick Connect Fitting Service
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining
        • Fuel Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pump Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pump Fuel Feed Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis/Canister
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Filler Evaporative Emission Pipe Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission System Cleaning
          • Tools Required
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Usage
          • Spark Plug Inspection
          • Spark Plug Visual Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
        • Air Cleaner Outlet Resonator Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Control Module Description
          • Notes
          • ECM Function
          • EEPROM
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
          • ECM Service Precautions
          • Emissions Diagnosis For State I/M Programs
          • Aftermarket (Add-On) Electrical And Vacuum Equipment
          • Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Damage
          • Emissions Control Information Label
          • Underhood Inspection
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Engine Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
            • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Camshaft Actuator System Description
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator System
          • CMP Actuator System Operation
          • CMP Actuator Solenoid Circuit Diagnostics
          • CMP Actuator System Performance Diagnostics
        • Fuel System Description
          • Fuel System Overview
          • Fuel Tank
          • Fuel Fill Pipe
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Pump Module
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Feed Pipes
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Pulse Dampener
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
          • Starting Mode
          • Clear Flood Mode
          • Run Mode
          • Acceleration Mode
          • Deceleration Mode
          • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
          • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Operation
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Ignition Coil/Module
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 2.4L - Diagnosis & Troubleshooting
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Symptoms Description
        • Symptoms Definition
        • Symptoms Verification
          • Notes
          • Identifying Intermittent Conditions
        • Symptoms Testing
        • Additional Symptoms Tests
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Service Bay Test
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Description
        • Conditions for Running the Test
        • Test Procedure
      • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Pump Electrical Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis (w/J39021 or w/Tech 2)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
          • Fuel Injector Coil Test
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Diagnosis (w/CH47976)
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Component Testing
          • Fuel Injector Coil Test
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Tank Leak Test
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • System Verification
        • System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Test Description
        • Reference Information
        • System Verification
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing with Special Tool
        • Alcohol in Fuel Testing without Special Tool
        • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Repair Procedures
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • I/M Data List
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 2.4L - DTC P0010 To P0354
      • DTC P0010, P0011, P0013, or P0014
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0016
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0017
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0135, or P0141
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
          • Notes
          • P0030 or P0036
          • P0053 or P0054
          • P0135 or P0141
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0068 or P0121
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0101 or P1101
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0102 or P0103
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0102
          • DTC P0103
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0106
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0107 or P0108
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0107
          • P0108
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0112 or P0113
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0112
          • P0113
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0116
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0117 or P0118
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0117
          • P0118
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0120, P0122, P0123, P0220, P0222, P0223, or P2135
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0120
          • P0122
          • P0123
          • P0220
          • P0222
          • P0223
          • P2135
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0128
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0128
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0131, P0132, P0137, or P0138
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0133, P0134, P0140, P1133, P2A00 or P2A01
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0171 or P0172
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing For DTC P0171
        • Circuit/System Testing For DTC P0172
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, or P0204
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0230
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0300-P0304
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0315
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0324, P0325, P0326, P0327, or P0328
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0324
          • P0325
          • P0326
          • P0327 and P0328
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0335 or P0336
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0340, P0341, P0365, or P0366
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0340
          • P0341 - Near Engine Start, CMP Fast Event Based Test
          • P0341 - After Engine Start, CMP Slow Event Based Test
          • P0365
          • P0366 - Near Engine Start, CMP Fast Event Based Test
          • P0366 - After Engine Start, CMP Slow Event Based Test
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0351-P0354
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
    • Engine Controls & Fuel - 2.4L - DTC P0420 To P2544
      • DTC P0420
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0442
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0443 or P0449
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
          • P0443
          • P0449
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0446
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • Notes
          • Restriction
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0451, P0452, P0453, or P0454
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P0451
          • P0452
          • P0453
          • P0454
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0455
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0496
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0506 or P0507
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0601, P0602, P0603, P0604, P0606, P0607, P060D, P062F, or P2610
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTCs
        • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
        • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing for the DTC
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0641 or P0651
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
        • Repair Verification
      • DTC P0650
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0685, P0689, or P0690
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0700 or P1700
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1174
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1400
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
      • DTC P1516, P2101, P2119, or P2176
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P1516
          • P2101
          • P2119
          • P2176
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P1682
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2120, P2122, P2123, P2125, P2127, P2128, or P2138
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • P2120
          • P2122
          • P2123
          • P2125
          • P2127
          • P2128
          • P2138
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2544
        • Diagnostic Instructions
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Reference Information
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 2.2L (Lap) & 2.4L (LE5)
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Diagnostic Instructions
      • Circuit/System Description
      • I/M Data List
      • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
      • Circuit/System Verification
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC Index
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Decimal and Metric Equivalents
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 5L40-E/5L50-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.0L LNF Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
          • 2.4L LE5 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft, and Service Parts ID Label
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting - Frame Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Automatic Stop/Start Disable
      • Auto Stop/Start Disable
        • Notes
        • Disable Conditions
        • Disable Button
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Decimal and Metric Equivalents
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 5L40-E/5L50-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.0L LNF Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
          • 2.4L LE5 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft, and Service Parts ID Label
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting - Frame Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
    • Vehicle Diagnostic Information
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Typical Scan Tool Data
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle
        • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
        • Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
          • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
        • Symptoms - Vehicle
          • General Information
          • Body
          • Brakes
          • Driveline/Axle
          • Driver Information and Entertainment
          • Engine
          • HVAC
          • Power and Signal Distribution
          • Safety and Security
          • Steering
          • Suspension
          • Transmission/Transaxle
        • Diagnostic Repair Verification
      • Description and Operation
        • DTC Symptom Description
          • Notes
          • DTC Symptom Categories
          • DTC Symptom Subtypes
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
        • Propeller Shaft Runout Specifications
        • Driveline Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tools Required
          • Tire Rotational Speed
            • Determining Tire Revolutions Per Second at 8 km/h (5 mph) - Using EVA
            • Calculating Tire Revolutions Per Second at 8 km/h (5 mph) - Without EVA
          • Calculating Tire Revolutions Per Second, or Hz at Concern Speed
          • Calculating Propeller Shaft Revolutions Per Second, or Hz at Concern Speed
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Driveline
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
            • Engine-Driven Accessory Noises
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult to System Balance the Driveline
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Non-Torque Sensitive)
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Torque Sensitive)
        • Transfer Case Output Flange Runout Measurement
        • Propeller Shaft Runout Measurement
        • Torque Tube Input Flange Runout Measurement
        • Pinion Flange Runout Measurement
          • Notes
          • System Balanced Flange
          • Non-System Balanced Flange
        • Differential Pinion Input Shaft Runout Measurement
        • Driveline Working Angles Measurement
          • Notes
          • Measurement Procedure
        • Propeller Shaft Phasing Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
            • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
            • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Using EVA)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure Using EVA
          • Adjustment Procedure Without EVA
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Without EVA)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Driveline Working Angles Adjustment
        • Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
          • One Piece Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
          • Multiple-Piece Propeller Shaft Phasing Correction
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Tools Required
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
    • Warnings & Cautions
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Actions to Take When Working with Fuel Caution
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Bleed Procedure Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Checking Hot Transmission Fluid through Drain Plug Hole Caution
        • Collision Sectioning Caution
        • Defroster Outlet Caution
        • Express Down Feature Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound Deadeners Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Rear Compartment Lid Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • SIR Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Caution
        • Sound Deadener Foam in the Lock Striker Pillars Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Notice
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Resistance Learn Reset Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • OBD II Symbol Description Notice
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Steering Wheel in the Full Turn Position Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Three-Way Catalytic Converter Damage Notice
        • Window Edge Damage Notice
  • Reset Procedures
    • Maintenance & Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • Notes
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Decimal and Metric Equivalents
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 5L40-E/5L50-E Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.0L LNF Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
          • 2.4L LE5 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
        • Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft, and Service Parts ID Label
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
          • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
          • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting - Frame Contact Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
          • Supporting the Vehicle with Jackstands
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter (Special Applications) - General Information
      • Cabin Air Filter Applications
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation, And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Tools Required
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (LE5)
        • Compressor Replacement (LNF)
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (LE5)
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement (LNF)
        • Condenser Tube Replacement (LE5)
        • Condenser Tube Replacement (LNF)
        • Evaporator Tube Replacement (LE5)
        • Evaporator Tube Replacement (LNF)
        • Service Ports Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Dehydrator Replacement (LE5)
        • Receiver Dehydrator Replacement (LNF)
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Replacement
        • Condenser Replacement (LE5)
        • Condenser Replacement (LNF)
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Evaporator Case Assembly Replacement
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
        • Heater Inlet Hose Replacement (LE5)
        • Heater Inlet Hose Replacement (LNF)
        • Heater Outlet Hose Replacement (LE5)
        • Heater Outlet Hose Replacement (LNF)
        • Air Inlet Assembly Replacement
        • Air Inlet Housing Front Panel Replacement
        • Blower Motor Resistor Replacement
        • Blower Motor Replacement
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Deflector Replacement - Left Side
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Deflector Replacement - Center
        • Instrument Panel Outer Air Outlet Deflector Replacement - Right Side
        • Air Distributor Duct Replacement
        • Heater Core Cover Replacement
        • Heater Core Replacement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC System - Manual
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
          • A/C Compressor Clutch (C60)
          • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor (C60)
          • Air Temperature Actuator - Left
          • Air Temperature Actuator - Right
          • Blower Motor
          • Blower Motor Resistor Assembly
          • Evaporator Temperature Sensor (C60)
          • High Speed Blower Motor Relay
          • HVAC Control Module C1
          • HVAC Control Module C2
          • HVAC Control Module C3
          • Mode Actuator
          • Recirculation Actuator
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P0532 or P0533
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC P0645
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Manual
          • Diagnostic Instructions
            • Notes
            • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Conditioning Compressor Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Blower Motor Always On
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Test Description
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Assembly Replacement
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right Side
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left Side
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Assembly
            • Air Speed
            • Air Distribution
              • Mode Actuator
            • Recirculation Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Assembly
            • Air Temperature Actuator
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
            • Evaporator Temperature Sensor
            • Heating and A/C Operation
            • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance & Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Approximate Fluid Capacities
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System Resetting
          • Notes
          • How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views
        • SIR Identification Views
        • SIR Connector End Views
          • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C1
          • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module C2
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor - Left
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor - Right
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Airbag On/Off Indicator
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presense System (PPS) Module
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C1
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module C2
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C1
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C2
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil C3
          • Seat Belt Pretensioner - Left
          • Seat Belt Pretensioner - Right
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - SIR
        • Passenger Presence System Displaying Code Procedure
          • Description
          • PPS Displaying Code Procedure
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC 1049 - 1050
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 1051
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 1052, 1053, 1054, or 1055
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 1058 - 1062
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 1063
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 2036 - 2045
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC 3011 - 3035
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0012 or B0013
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0012 01 Stage 1 or B0013 01 Stage 2
            • B0012 02 Stage 1 or B0013 02 Stage 2
            • B0012 04 Stage 1 or B0013 04 Stage 2
            • B0012 0D Stage 1 or B0013 0D Stage 2
            • B0012 0E Stage 1 or B0013 0E Stage 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0014-B0045
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0015 01, B0019 01 Stage 1, B0020 01 Stage 2, B0022 01
            • B0015 02, B0019 02 Stage 1, B0020 02 Stage 2, B0022 02
            • B0015 04, B0019 04 Stage 1, B0020 04 Stage 2, B0022 04
            • B0015 0D, B0019 0D Stage 1, B0020 0D Stage 2, B0022 0D
            • B0015 0E, B0019 0E Stage 1, B0020 0E Stage 2, B0022 0E
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0052 or B0053
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0081
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B0083 or B0084
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
          • Repair Verification
        • DTC B1001
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1019
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • DTC B1370
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Diagnostic Fault Information
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B1370 01
            • B1370 06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Passenger Presence System Preload Test
          • Introduction
          • Passenger Presence System Preload Test Procedure
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
            • Schematic Reference
            • Connector End View Reference
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Passenger Presence System Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling
          • Notes
          • SIR Service Precautions
          • General Service Instructions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System Replacement - Front
        • Instrument Panel Inflatable Restraint Module Indicator Replacement
        • Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner Replacement - Front
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Accident With or Without Air Bag Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Accident With Frontal Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Sensor Replacement Guidelines
        • Inflator Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Live (Undeployed) Inflator Module
          • Dual Stage Inflator Module
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle (Steering Wheel Module and I/P Module)
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle (Vehicle Scrapping Procedure)
        • Pretensioner Handling and Scrapping
          • Notes
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Inside the Vehicle
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle for Seat Belt Pretensioners
      • Description and Operation
        • SIR System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System (PPS)
          • Inflatable Restraint PASSENGER AIR BAG ON/OFF indicator
          • AIR BAG Indicator
          • Dual Stage Inflator Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
          • Steering Wheel and Column
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensors
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Retractor Pretensioner
          • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harness
          • Knee Bolster
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
          • Seat Belt Switch - Driver
          • Seat Belt Switch - Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Driver
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Passenger
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Front Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
          • Seat Belt Switch - Driver
          • Seat Belt Switch - Passenger
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Driver
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction - Passenger
          • Diagnostic Instructions
          • Circuit/System Description
          • Reference Information
          • Circuit/System Verification
          • Circuit/System Testing
          • Component Testing
          • Repair Procedures
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Front Seat Belt Buckle Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicators
• Steering
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Power Steering System Test
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Steering System Bleeding
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering System Flushing
        • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement
        • Power Steering Pump Drive Belt Replacement
        • Power Steering Pump Belt Tensioner Pulley Replacement
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement
        • Power Steering Pump Bracket Replacement
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Replacement
        • Power Steering Reservoir Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement
        • Power Steering Gear Inlet and Outlet Hose Replacement
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Power Steering Pump Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Power Steering System Test
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Poor Return of Steering Wheel
      • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Power Steering System Bleeding
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
      • Power Steering System Flushing
      • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement
      • Power Steering Pump Drive Belt Replacement
      • Power Steering Pump Belt Tensioner Pulley Replacement
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement
      • Power Steering Pump Bracket Replacement
      • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Replacement
      • Power Steering Reservoir Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement
      • Power Steering Gear Inlet and Outlet Hose Replacement
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Collapse Measurement
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
      • Turn Signal Multifunction Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
      • Steering Column Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security, Found on Some Vehicle Models
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
        • Wheel Hub/Speed Sensor Replacement
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
        • Upper Control Arm Replacement
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Module Replacement
        • Shock, Shock Component, and/or Spring Replacement (Base Suspension)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock, Shock Component, and/or Spring Replacement (Sport Suspension)
        • Suspension Shock/Strut Disposal
      • Description and Operation
        • Front Suspension Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers Testing - On Vehicle
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Measuring the P and R Dimension
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Rear
        • Knuckle Replacement
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
        • Shock Module Replacement
        • Shock, Shock Component, and/or Spring Replacement (Base Suspension)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock, Shock Component, and/or Spring Replacement (Sport Suspension)
        • Adjustment Link Replacement
        • Suspension Shock/Strut Disposal
        • Upper Control Arm Replacement
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Suspension Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers Testing - On Vehicle
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Measuring the P and R Dimension
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment System
    • Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Repair Instructions
      • Measuring Wheel Alignment
      • Front Caster and Camber Adjustment
      • Front Toe Adjustment
      • Rear Caster and Camber Adjustment
      • Rear Toe Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Caster Description
      • Camber Description
      • Toe Description
      • Setback Description
      • Thrust Angles Description
      • Lead/Pull Description
      • Memory Steer Description
      • Wander Description
      • Scrub Radius Description
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tires & Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tires and Wheels
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing Guidelines
          • Evaluating Damage
          • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing General Recommendations/Options
          • Repair Option Number 1
          • General Color Selection
          • General Refinishing Procedures - Removal
          • General Refinishing Procedures - Installation
          • Repair Option Number 2 - Outside Companies
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Extended Mobility Tires Replacement
        • Tire Repair
          • Notes
          • External Inspection
          • Internal Inspection
          • Cleaning
          • Clean the Injury Channel
          • Fill the Injury
          • Repair Unit Selection
          • Buffing
          • Cementing
          • Repair Unit Application
          • Safety Cage
          • Final Inspection
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Manual Transmission Clutch System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Clutch
      • Symptoms - Clutch
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Clutch Drag Hard Shifting
      • Clutch Slipping
      • Clutch Grabbing
      • Clutch Rattle
      • Clutch Noisy
      • Clutch Pedal Spongy Low Pedal Effort
      • Clutch Pedal Hard to Push
      • Clutch Frequent Adjustments
      • Clutch Vibration
    • Repair Instructions
      • Clutch Pedal Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Clutch Return Spring Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Clutch Master Cylinder Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Hydraulic Clutch Hose/Pipe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Hydraulic Clutch Bleeding
        • Tools Required
        • Vacuum Bleeding
        • Manual Bleeding
      • Clutch Pedal Position Switch Adjustment
        • Adjustment Procedure
      • Clutch Pedal Position Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Clutch Drive Plate and Clutch Driven Plate
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Clutch Pilot Bearing Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Clutch Actuator Cylinder Replacement
    • Description and Operation
      • Clutch System Description and Operation
        • Clutch Spin Down Time
        • Clutch Driving Members
        • Clutch Driven Members
        • Hydraulic Clutch Fluid
        • Hydraulic Clutch Operating Members
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Manual Transmission
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Lubrication Specifications
      • Transmission Clearance Specifications
      • 1st and 2nd Gear Synchronizer Retainer Ring Specifications
      • 3rd and 4th Gear Synchronizer Retainer Ring Specifications
      • 5th Gear Synchronizer Retainer Ring Specifications
      • Countershaft Front Bearing Retaining Ring Specifications
      • Input Shaft Bearing Retaining Ring Specifications
      • Fifth Gear Retaining Ring Specifications
      • Component Resistance
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Manual Transmission Schematic Icons
      • Manual Transmission Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Manual Transmission Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS)
    • Visual Identification
      • Disassembled Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Manual Transmission
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
        • Notes
        • Emissions Related DTCs
          • Type A
          • Type B
        • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
          • Type C
          • Type X
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
      • DTC P0502
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0503
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0833
        • Notes
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Manual Transmission
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Transmission Shifts Hard
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Transmission Gear Clash When Shifting Gears
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Transmission Noisy
        • Test Description
      • Transmission Does Not Shift into One Gear
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Transmission Jumps Out of Gear
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Transmission Locked in One Gear
        • Test Description
      • Transmission Clunk on Acceleration or Deceleration
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Transmission Fluid Leak Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Repair Instructions
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement
        • Draining Procedure
        • Filling Procedure
      • Transmission Control Boot Replacement
      • Control Lever and/or Boot Replacement
      • Vehicle Speed Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transmission Mount Inspection
      • Transmission Mount Replacement
      • Transmission Input Shaft Bearing Retainer Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transmission Input Shaft Seal Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transmission Housing Oil Seal Replacement - Rear
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Backup Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Transmission Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Final Test and Inspection
      • Transmission Disassemble
      • Output Shaft Disassemble
      • Input Shaft Disassemble
      • Counter Gear Shaft Disassemble
      • Shift Control Housing Disassemble (Solstice)
      • Transmission Case Disassemble
      • Transmission Extension Disassemble (Solstice)
      • Synchronizers Disassemble
        • 1st/2nd Gear Synchronizer
        • 3rd/4th Gear Synchronizer
        • Reverse/5th Gear Synchronizer
      • Gears and Shafts Cleaning and Inspection
        • Notes
        • Output Shaft
        • Reverse Idler Gear and Shaft
        • Countershaft
        • Input Shaft
        • Gears
      • Bearings and Spacers Cleaning and Inspection
      • Synchronizers Cleaning and Inspection
      • Shift Shaft and Shift Fork Cleaning and Inspection
      • Transmission Case Cleaning and Inspection
        • Clutch Housing
        • Front Case
        • Extension Housing RWD
        • Intermediate Case
        • Input Shaft Bearing Retainer
      • Shift Control Housing Cleaning and Inspection (Solstice)
      • Synchronizers Assemble
        • Reverse/5th Gear Synchronizer
        • 3rd/4th Gear Synchronizer
        • 1st/2nd Gear Synchronizer
      • Transmission Extension Assemble
      • Transmission Case Assemble
      • Shift Control Housing Assemble
      • Counter Gear Shaft Assemble
      • Input Shaft Assemble
      • Output Shaft Assemble (Solstice)
      • Transmission Assemble
    • Description and Operation
      • Transmission System Description and Operation (Solstice)
        • General Description
        • Shifting Operation
        • Power Flow - Forward Gears
        • Power Flow - Reverse Gear
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• External Pages